Download Anna University B-Tech CE?7th Sem Computer Aided Design And Drafting Lab Manual Question Paper

Download Anna University B.Tech (Bachelor of Technology) CE?(Civil Engineering) 7th Sem Computer Aided Design And Drafting Lab Manual Question Paper.

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Hence, (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 3161.3 = 1580.6 kN
S.F. due to (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 1580.6 = 790.3 kN
Dead load per girder, Wd = 268.1 kN
Dead load shear per girder = 0.5 x 268.1 = 134.1 kN
Total S.F. at each end of a girder = 790.3 + 134.1 = 924.4 kN
For any section x from one end, L = l ? x
Let We be the total L.L. + I.L. one length L for each girder
Fx = RA = (We (l-x))/2l
For section at 2 m from end, L = 24 ? 2 = 22 m
EUDL for shear = 2102 kN
(L.L + I.L) = 2102 (1 + 0.436) = 3018.4 kN
For both girders, (L.L + I.L) for each girder
We = 0.5 x 3018.4 = 1509.2 kN
F2 = (1509.2 (24 ? 2)) / (2 x 24) = 691.7 kN
Also, S.F. due to dead load = ((Wd)/2)-((Wd)/l)x = (268.1/2)-(268.1/24)x =134.05-11.17x
At x = 2m, F = 134.05 ? 111.17 x 2 = 111.7 kN
Total shear = 691.7 + 111.7 = 803.4 kN
Step 2. Design of central section of plate girder:
Mmax = 5127.6 kN-m.
Economical depth d = 1.1 ?(M / tw?b) = 1.1. ?(5127.6 / 10 x 138) = 2120 mm
D = 1.1. ?(5127.6E6 / 12 x 138) = 1936 mm
Hence adopt d = 2000 mm and tw = 12 mm.
Area of web Aw = tw x d = 12 x 2000 = 24000 mm
2

Area of flange Af = (M/?bt x d) = (5127.6E6/138 x 2000) = 18578 mm
2

Net are of flange plates Ap = (2/3)Af ? (1/8)Aw = (2/3)x18578 ? (1/8)x24000 = 9386 mm
2

Keep gross area of plates = 1.2 x 9386 = 11263 mm
2

Provide two plates 500 x 12 mm each having
Ap = 2x500x12 = 12000 mm
2

Gross area of each angle = 7740 / 2 = 3870 mm
2

Choose 2 ISA 200 x 150 x 12 mm @ 13.8 kg/m, each having A = 4056 mm
2


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Hence, (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 3161.3 = 1580.6 kN
S.F. due to (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 1580.6 = 790.3 kN
Dead load per girder, Wd = 268.1 kN
Dead load shear per girder = 0.5 x 268.1 = 134.1 kN
Total S.F. at each end of a girder = 790.3 + 134.1 = 924.4 kN
For any section x from one end, L = l ? x
Let We be the total L.L. + I.L. one length L for each girder
Fx = RA = (We (l-x))/2l
For section at 2 m from end, L = 24 ? 2 = 22 m
EUDL for shear = 2102 kN
(L.L + I.L) = 2102 (1 + 0.436) = 3018.4 kN
For both girders, (L.L + I.L) for each girder
We = 0.5 x 3018.4 = 1509.2 kN
F2 = (1509.2 (24 ? 2)) / (2 x 24) = 691.7 kN
Also, S.F. due to dead load = ((Wd)/2)-((Wd)/l)x = (268.1/2)-(268.1/24)x =134.05-11.17x
At x = 2m, F = 134.05 ? 111.17 x 2 = 111.7 kN
Total shear = 691.7 + 111.7 = 803.4 kN
Step 2. Design of central section of plate girder:
Mmax = 5127.6 kN-m.
Economical depth d = 1.1 ?(M / tw?b) = 1.1. ?(5127.6 / 10 x 138) = 2120 mm
D = 1.1. ?(5127.6E6 / 12 x 138) = 1936 mm
Hence adopt d = 2000 mm and tw = 12 mm.
Area of web Aw = tw x d = 12 x 2000 = 24000 mm
2

Area of flange Af = (M/?bt x d) = (5127.6E6/138 x 2000) = 18578 mm
2

Net are of flange plates Ap = (2/3)Af ? (1/8)Aw = (2/3)x18578 ? (1/8)x24000 = 9386 mm
2

Keep gross area of plates = 1.2 x 9386 = 11263 mm
2

Provide two plates 500 x 12 mm each having
Ap = 2x500x12 = 12000 mm
2

Gross area of each angle = 7740 / 2 = 3870 mm
2

Choose 2 ISA 200 x 150 x 12 mm @ 13.8 kg/m, each having A = 4056 mm
2


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Step 3. Design of riveted jointing connecting flange angles with the web:
(L.L. + I.L.)per girder, per mm run = (0.5 x 224.6) / 1200 (1+1) = 0.187 kN/mm
Dead load of track, per girder = 0.5 x 3.62 = 1.81E-3 kN/mm
Total load w on compression flange = 0.187 + 0.00181 = 0.189 kN/mm
(a) For compression flange:
P = 147.2 mm
(b) For tension flange:
P = ((59.86 x 2000)/924.4) x ((7080 + 3000)/7080) = 184.4 mm
Max. Permissible pitch = 16 x 12 = 192 mm.
Hence provide uniform pitch of 180 mm throughout the length.
Step 4. Design of riveted joint connecting flange plates to flange angles:
(a) Connection of flange plate to flange angle in compression flange, at ends
V = 924.4 kN and one plate is available in top flange.
Af = 8112 + 1200/2 = 14112 mm
2

Bearing = 21.5 x 12 x 232E-3 = 59.86 KN, R = 36.3 KN
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/924.4) x ((14112 + 4000)/6000) = 237 mm
(b) Connection of flange plate to flange angles in tension flange at 3.66 m ends:
Af = 7080 + 10968 / 2 = 12564 mm
2

(1/8)Aw = 3000 mm
2
. V = 703 KN.
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/703) x ((12564 + 3000)/10968/2)) = 293 mm.
Step 5. Design of end stiffener:
End reaction = 924.4 KN,
Permissible bearing stress = 185 N/mm
2

Bearing area required = (((3/4) x 924.4E3)/185) = 3748 mm
2

4ta (150 ? 10) = 3748, which gives ta = 6.7 mm
However provide 150 x 75 x 8 mm angles having A = 1742 mm
2

Actual length of stiffener = 2000 ? 2 x 12 = 1976 mm
Effective length of stiffener = (3/4) x 1976 = 1482 mm
l/r = 1482/69.3 = 21.4
Hence Load carrying capacity = 132.65 x 10568E-3 = 1402 kN.
Design of riveted connection for the end stiffener:

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Hence, (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 3161.3 = 1580.6 kN
S.F. due to (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 1580.6 = 790.3 kN
Dead load per girder, Wd = 268.1 kN
Dead load shear per girder = 0.5 x 268.1 = 134.1 kN
Total S.F. at each end of a girder = 790.3 + 134.1 = 924.4 kN
For any section x from one end, L = l ? x
Let We be the total L.L. + I.L. one length L for each girder
Fx = RA = (We (l-x))/2l
For section at 2 m from end, L = 24 ? 2 = 22 m
EUDL for shear = 2102 kN
(L.L + I.L) = 2102 (1 + 0.436) = 3018.4 kN
For both girders, (L.L + I.L) for each girder
We = 0.5 x 3018.4 = 1509.2 kN
F2 = (1509.2 (24 ? 2)) / (2 x 24) = 691.7 kN
Also, S.F. due to dead load = ((Wd)/2)-((Wd)/l)x = (268.1/2)-(268.1/24)x =134.05-11.17x
At x = 2m, F = 134.05 ? 111.17 x 2 = 111.7 kN
Total shear = 691.7 + 111.7 = 803.4 kN
Step 2. Design of central section of plate girder:
Mmax = 5127.6 kN-m.
Economical depth d = 1.1 ?(M / tw?b) = 1.1. ?(5127.6 / 10 x 138) = 2120 mm
D = 1.1. ?(5127.6E6 / 12 x 138) = 1936 mm
Hence adopt d = 2000 mm and tw = 12 mm.
Area of web Aw = tw x d = 12 x 2000 = 24000 mm
2

Area of flange Af = (M/?bt x d) = (5127.6E6/138 x 2000) = 18578 mm
2

Net are of flange plates Ap = (2/3)Af ? (1/8)Aw = (2/3)x18578 ? (1/8)x24000 = 9386 mm
2

Keep gross area of plates = 1.2 x 9386 = 11263 mm
2

Provide two plates 500 x 12 mm each having
Ap = 2x500x12 = 12000 mm
2

Gross area of each angle = 7740 / 2 = 3870 mm
2

Choose 2 ISA 200 x 150 x 12 mm @ 13.8 kg/m, each having A = 4056 mm
2


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Step 3. Design of riveted jointing connecting flange angles with the web:
(L.L. + I.L.)per girder, per mm run = (0.5 x 224.6) / 1200 (1+1) = 0.187 kN/mm
Dead load of track, per girder = 0.5 x 3.62 = 1.81E-3 kN/mm
Total load w on compression flange = 0.187 + 0.00181 = 0.189 kN/mm
(a) For compression flange:
P = 147.2 mm
(b) For tension flange:
P = ((59.86 x 2000)/924.4) x ((7080 + 3000)/7080) = 184.4 mm
Max. Permissible pitch = 16 x 12 = 192 mm.
Hence provide uniform pitch of 180 mm throughout the length.
Step 4. Design of riveted joint connecting flange plates to flange angles:
(a) Connection of flange plate to flange angle in compression flange, at ends
V = 924.4 kN and one plate is available in top flange.
Af = 8112 + 1200/2 = 14112 mm
2

Bearing = 21.5 x 12 x 232E-3 = 59.86 KN, R = 36.3 KN
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/924.4) x ((14112 + 4000)/6000) = 237 mm
(b) Connection of flange plate to flange angles in tension flange at 3.66 m ends:
Af = 7080 + 10968 / 2 = 12564 mm
2

(1/8)Aw = 3000 mm
2
. V = 703 KN.
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/703) x ((12564 + 3000)/10968/2)) = 293 mm.
Step 5. Design of end stiffener:
End reaction = 924.4 KN,
Permissible bearing stress = 185 N/mm
2

Bearing area required = (((3/4) x 924.4E3)/185) = 3748 mm
2

4ta (150 ? 10) = 3748, which gives ta = 6.7 mm
However provide 150 x 75 x 8 mm angles having A = 1742 mm
2

Actual length of stiffener = 2000 ? 2 x 12 = 1976 mm
Effective length of stiffener = (3/4) x 1976 = 1482 mm
l/r = 1482/69.3 = 21.4
Hence Load carrying capacity = 132.65 x 10568E-3 = 1402 kN.
Design of riveted connection for the end stiffener:

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Strength of 20mm dia. rivets in double shear = 2 x (?/4) x 21.5
2
x 100E-3 = 72.6 kN
Strength of rivets in bearing on web = 21.5 x 12 x 233E-3 = 59.68 kN
No. of rivets required = 924.4/59.86 = 16
Hence provide 8 rivets, in each row, thus making a total of 16 rivets.
Step 6. Design of intermediate stiffeners:
V = 924.4 KN,
Shear stress, fs = (924.4E3 / 2000 x 12) = 38.5 N/mm
2

Hence for d = 1700 mm, tw = 12 mm and fs = 38.5 N/mm
2

For overall depth 2438 mm and depth 2048 mm,
Try 2 ISA 125 x 75 x 8, Outstand face of web = 125 mm
fs = (682.6E3 / 2000 x 12) = 28.4 N/mm
2

Hence Max. Spacing = 1900 mm.
Maximum permissible spacing = 1830 mm as per railway bridge code.













Result:
The Design procedure is completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing a deck type plate girder railway bridge
for single tract manually.
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Hence, (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 3161.3 = 1580.6 kN
S.F. due to (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 1580.6 = 790.3 kN
Dead load per girder, Wd = 268.1 kN
Dead load shear per girder = 0.5 x 268.1 = 134.1 kN
Total S.F. at each end of a girder = 790.3 + 134.1 = 924.4 kN
For any section x from one end, L = l ? x
Let We be the total L.L. + I.L. one length L for each girder
Fx = RA = (We (l-x))/2l
For section at 2 m from end, L = 24 ? 2 = 22 m
EUDL for shear = 2102 kN
(L.L + I.L) = 2102 (1 + 0.436) = 3018.4 kN
For both girders, (L.L + I.L) for each girder
We = 0.5 x 3018.4 = 1509.2 kN
F2 = (1509.2 (24 ? 2)) / (2 x 24) = 691.7 kN
Also, S.F. due to dead load = ((Wd)/2)-((Wd)/l)x = (268.1/2)-(268.1/24)x =134.05-11.17x
At x = 2m, F = 134.05 ? 111.17 x 2 = 111.7 kN
Total shear = 691.7 + 111.7 = 803.4 kN
Step 2. Design of central section of plate girder:
Mmax = 5127.6 kN-m.
Economical depth d = 1.1 ?(M / tw?b) = 1.1. ?(5127.6 / 10 x 138) = 2120 mm
D = 1.1. ?(5127.6E6 / 12 x 138) = 1936 mm
Hence adopt d = 2000 mm and tw = 12 mm.
Area of web Aw = tw x d = 12 x 2000 = 24000 mm
2

Area of flange Af = (M/?bt x d) = (5127.6E6/138 x 2000) = 18578 mm
2

Net are of flange plates Ap = (2/3)Af ? (1/8)Aw = (2/3)x18578 ? (1/8)x24000 = 9386 mm
2

Keep gross area of plates = 1.2 x 9386 = 11263 mm
2

Provide two plates 500 x 12 mm each having
Ap = 2x500x12 = 12000 mm
2

Gross area of each angle = 7740 / 2 = 3870 mm
2

Choose 2 ISA 200 x 150 x 12 mm @ 13.8 kg/m, each having A = 4056 mm
2


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Step 3. Design of riveted jointing connecting flange angles with the web:
(L.L. + I.L.)per girder, per mm run = (0.5 x 224.6) / 1200 (1+1) = 0.187 kN/mm
Dead load of track, per girder = 0.5 x 3.62 = 1.81E-3 kN/mm
Total load w on compression flange = 0.187 + 0.00181 = 0.189 kN/mm
(a) For compression flange:
P = 147.2 mm
(b) For tension flange:
P = ((59.86 x 2000)/924.4) x ((7080 + 3000)/7080) = 184.4 mm
Max. Permissible pitch = 16 x 12 = 192 mm.
Hence provide uniform pitch of 180 mm throughout the length.
Step 4. Design of riveted joint connecting flange plates to flange angles:
(a) Connection of flange plate to flange angle in compression flange, at ends
V = 924.4 kN and one plate is available in top flange.
Af = 8112 + 1200/2 = 14112 mm
2

Bearing = 21.5 x 12 x 232E-3 = 59.86 KN, R = 36.3 KN
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/924.4) x ((14112 + 4000)/6000) = 237 mm
(b) Connection of flange plate to flange angles in tension flange at 3.66 m ends:
Af = 7080 + 10968 / 2 = 12564 mm
2

(1/8)Aw = 3000 mm
2
. V = 703 KN.
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/703) x ((12564 + 3000)/10968/2)) = 293 mm.
Step 5. Design of end stiffener:
End reaction = 924.4 KN,
Permissible bearing stress = 185 N/mm
2

Bearing area required = (((3/4) x 924.4E3)/185) = 3748 mm
2

4ta (150 ? 10) = 3748, which gives ta = 6.7 mm
However provide 150 x 75 x 8 mm angles having A = 1742 mm
2

Actual length of stiffener = 2000 ? 2 x 12 = 1976 mm
Effective length of stiffener = (3/4) x 1976 = 1482 mm
l/r = 1482/69.3 = 21.4
Hence Load carrying capacity = 132.65 x 10568E-3 = 1402 kN.
Design of riveted connection for the end stiffener:

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Strength of 20mm dia. rivets in double shear = 2 x (?/4) x 21.5
2
x 100E-3 = 72.6 kN
Strength of rivets in bearing on web = 21.5 x 12 x 233E-3 = 59.68 kN
No. of rivets required = 924.4/59.86 = 16
Hence provide 8 rivets, in each row, thus making a total of 16 rivets.
Step 6. Design of intermediate stiffeners:
V = 924.4 KN,
Shear stress, fs = (924.4E3 / 2000 x 12) = 38.5 N/mm
2

Hence for d = 1700 mm, tw = 12 mm and fs = 38.5 N/mm
2

For overall depth 2438 mm and depth 2048 mm,
Try 2 ISA 125 x 75 x 8, Outstand face of web = 125 mm
fs = (682.6E3 / 2000 x 12) = 28.4 N/mm
2

Hence Max. Spacing = 1900 mm.
Maximum permissible spacing = 1830 mm as per railway bridge code.













Result:
The Design procedure is completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing a deck type plate girder railway bridge
for single tract manually.
72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is a plate girder?
2. Where do you find the use of plate girder?
3. What is Rivet connection?
4. What is the use of stiffeners?
5. What is basement?
6. What is flooring?
7. What are the different types of flooring?
8. What is weathering course?
9. What is the nominal size of bricks?
10. What are the types of bricks available?




1. The deck includes any road lanes, medians, sidewalks, parapets or railings, and miscellaneous items like
drainage and lighting.
2. It is used in construction of Box girder bridge
3. It is used to construct Plate girder bridge


Viva-Voce
Applications
FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

?



DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING LABORATORY
VII SEMESTER
R 2013









Name :

Register No. :

Class :
LABORATORY MANUAL



is committed to provide highly disciplined , conscientious and enterprising
professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of academic excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape them
as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in deploying
technology for the service of humanity

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the civil industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
structural systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and ethical
practices

VISION
VISION
MISSION
MISSION
1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. FUNDAMENTALS
To provide students with a solid foundation in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of engineering, enabling
them to apply, to find solutions for engineering problems and use this knowledge to acquire higher education
2. CORE COMPETENCE
To train the students in Electronics and Communication technologies so that they apply their knowledge and
training to compare, and to analyze various engineering industrial problems to find solutions
3. BREADTH
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theories and practice this enables them
to find solutions for the real time problems in industry, and to design products.
4. PROFESSIONALISM
To inculcate professional and effective communication skills, leadership qualities and team spirit in the students
to make them multi-faceted personalities and develop their ability to relate engineering issues to broader social
context
5. LIFELONG LEARNING/ETHICS
To demonstrate and practice ethical and professional responsibilities in the industry and society in the large,
through commitment and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career







2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals in civil engineering
field
b) To design a component, a system or a process to meet the specific needs within the realistic constraints such
as economics, environment, ethics, health, safety and manufacturability
c) To demonstrate the competency to use software tools for analysis and design of structures
d) To identify, constructional errors and solve civil engineering problems
e) To inculcate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks
f) To function as a member or a leader in multidisciplinary activities
g) To communicate in verbal and written form with fellow engineers and society at large scale
h) To understand the impact of civil engineering in the society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues
and commitment to give solutions exhibiting social responsibility
i) To demonstrate professional and ethical responsibilities
j) To exhibit confidence in self-education and ability for lifelong learning
k) To participate and succeed in competitive exams








3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


CE6711 - COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
SYLLABUS


? To acquire hands on experience in design
? To prepare structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered in civil engineering practice
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
? Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
? Analysis and design of multistorey building
? Analysis and design of flat slab
? Analysis and design of circular slab
? Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
? Analysis and design of rectangular water tank
? Analysis and design of circular water tank
? Analysis and design of truss
? Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges



? To acquire hands on experience in design for the students
? To acquire knowledge in preparation of structural drawings for concrete / steel structures normally encountered
in civil engineering practice




COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING
CONTENTS
Expt.No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
Cycle 1 ? Experiments
1 Introduction
2 Analysis and design of cantilever and counterfort retaining wall
3
Cantilever retaining wall


4
Counterfort retaining wall


5 Analysis and design of multistory building
6 Analysis and design of flat slab
7
Analysis and design of circular slab


8 Analysis and design of tee- beam bridge
9 Design of Tee- beam bridge
Cycle 2 ? Experiments
10 Analysis of rectangular water tank
11 Rectangular water tank with sliding base
12 Analysis and design of circular water tank
13 Circular water tank with restrained base
14 Analysis and design of truss
15 Analysis and design of deck type plate girder bridges






5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 01 INTRODUCTION
Aim:
To study the introduction about STAAD Pro
Overview:
STAAD- Standard Analyze and Design
Company name ? Bentley
Version- STAADV8i.
STAAD or (STAAD Pro) is a structural analysis and design computer program originally developed by Research
Engineers International in Yorba Linda, CA. In late 2005, Research Engineer International was bought by Bentley
Systems. An older version called STAAD-III for windows is used by Iowa State University for educational purposes for
civil and structural engineers. The commercial version STAAD Pro is one of the most widely used structural analysis and
design software. It supports several steel, concrete and timber design codes. It can make use of various forms of
analysis from the traditional 1
st
order static analysis, 2
nd
order p-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis or a buckling
analysis. It can also make use of various forms of dynamic analysis from modal extraction to time history and response
spectrum analysis.
In recent years it has become part of integrated structural analysis and design solutions mainly using an
exposed API called Open STAAD to access and drive the program using a VB macro system included in the application
or other by including open STAAD functionality in applications that themselves include suitable programmable macro
systems. Additionally STAAD Pro has added direct links to applications such as RAM Connection and STAAD
Foundation to provide engineers working with those applications which handle design post processing not handled by
STAAD Pro itself.
Advantages:
1. Easy to use interface
2. Conformation with the Indian Standard Codes
3. Versatile nature of solving any type of problem
4. Accuracy of the solution
STAAD Pro features a state-of-the-art user interface, visualization tools, powerful analysis and design engines
with advanced finite element and dynamic analysis capabilities. From model generation, analysis and design to
visualization and result verification, STAAD Pro is the professional?s choice for steel, concrete, timber, aluminum and
6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

cold-formed steel design of low and high-rise buildings, culverts, petrochemical plants, tunnels, bridges, piles and much
more.
STAAD Pro consists of the following:
The STAAD Pro Graphical User Interface:
It is used to generate the model, which can then be analyzed using the STAAD engine. After the completion of
analysis and design is completed, the GUI can also be used to view the results graphically.
The STAAD analysis and design engine:
It is a general-purpose calculation engine for structural analysis and integrated Steel, Concrete, timber and
aluminum design.
To start with we have solved some sample problems using STAAD Pro and checked the accuracy of the results
with manual calculations. The results were to satisfaction and were accurate. In the initial phase of our project we have
done calculations regarding loadings on buildings and also considered seismic and wind loads.
Structural analysis comprises the set of physical laws and mathematics required to study and predicts the
behavior of structures. Structural analysis can be viewed more abstractly as a method to drive the engineering design
process or prove the soundness of a design without a dependence on directly testing it.
To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties. The results of such an analysis typically include support
reactions, stresses and displacements. This information is then compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of
failure. Advanced structural analysis may examine dynamic response, stability and non-linear behavior.
The aim of design is the achievement of an acceptable probability that structures being designed will perform
satisfactorily during their intended life. With an appropriate degree of safety, they should sustain all the loads and
deformations of normal construction use, have adequate durability and adequate resistance to the effects of seismic and
wind. Structure and structural elements shall normally be designed by Limit State Method. Account should be taken of
accepted theories, experiment and experience and the need to design for durability. Design, including design for
durability, construction and use in service should be considered as a whole. The realization of design objectives requires
compliance with clearly defined standards for materials, production, workmanship, maintenance and use of structure in
service.
The design of the building is dependent upon the minimum requirements as prescribed in the Indian Standard
Codes. The minimum requirements pertaining to the structural safety of buildings are being covered by way of laying
down minimum design loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads, and other external loads, the
7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

structure would be required to bear. Strict conformity to loading standards are also recommended in this code, which will
ensure the structural safety of the buildings which are being designed.
Structural engineering is the branch of civil engineering that deals with the analysis and Design of structure that
will support or resist the stresses, forces and loads. Throughout the history, civil engineers have made an important
contribution to improve the environment by designing and construction of major structures and facilities. The profession
requires a lot of accuracy because most of the time; the final result of any project will directly or indirectly affect people?s
lives and safety. As a Result, software usage in this industry reduces the complexity of loss of challenging projects.
Many changes happened to the requirements of structural analysis due to the introduction of Computer
software. In the past, the required skill for analysis was the capability to simplify the Complex structural systems so they
could be analyzed by hand. This meant that an analyst would have a number of methods which might be applied to a
specific problem. The choice of which Method to use was very important, since the incorrect choice could mean that the
solution was Impossible by hand due to the requirement of large number of equations to be solved. On the other hand,
analysis process recently has an array of powerful computer programs which can handle most of the design.
Structural problems that an engineer is likely to face:
Nowadays, software of structural design is used mostly for the analytical purpose in the detailed design phase,
and becoming more versatile. They are being applied to all phases of the Design process, from the generation of design
conceptions (design topologies, or layouts), through Preliminary design (design shape specification), and finally in the
detailed process (sizing of structure members).
Therefore, structural software can be defined as software which employed mostly by civil engineers to prototype
and analyze architectural designs to meet their professional objectives. Structural software gives the opportunity to
visualize different structure?s components on screen. These components such as: footings columns, beams, joists,
rafters and the like. Calculation and data Analysis for a wide range of building elements are the most important part of
these programs. Also Engineers required to know what type of loads are the components weighing. By applying this
Software, structural engineers accomplish more than they ever could before, both in quantity and Quality.
STAAD program:
STAAD (Structural Analysis and Design Program) is a general structural and design program with applications
primarily in the building industry-commercial buildings, bridges and highway structures, industrial structures, chemical
plant structures, dams, retaining walls, turbine foundations, Culverts and other embedded structures. STAAD supports
several steel, concrete and timber Design codes. It offers various analysis methods such as the traditional 1st order
static analysis, 2
nd
order P-delta analysis, geometric nonlinear analysis and the buckling analysis. It can also analyze
8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Various type of dynamic analysis starts from model extraction to time history and response spectrum analysis.
STAAD is fast, efficient, easy to use and accurate platform, conformation with many Standard codes and qualified to
solve any type of problem. These features had made STAAD the Professional?s choice. Today, STAAD is one of the
most popular structural engineering software Products.
Methods in STAAD Pro:
? Snap and grid method
? Structural wizard
? Excel method
? DXFmethod
? STAAD editor method
Snap and grid method:
Open STAAD Pro> snap node/ beam > edit.
Plane X-Y
Angle of plane: Y-Y
Grid origin
X Y Z
0 0 0
In this you can change the values and spacing of the coordinates.
Snap and grid method>snap node beam> to create.

Structural wizard:
Geometry>run structural wizard>model type( frame model)> bay frame> transfer> yes> close.
Excel sheet method:
To create node and member
DXF method:
To import the file from AutoCAD format to STAAD format
a) Draw in AutoCAD> save> file type: AutoCAD 2007/ LT 2007 DXF*(dxf)> save> close.
b) Open STAAD Pro> file> import> select required file> ok.
Translation Repeat:
To create building from a single member
Translation repeat>choose global direction >no.of steps required> default step spacing> link steps>open base> ok.
9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Circular repeat:
Select the member > geometry> circular repeat> choose the axis of rotation (Y)> total angle 360
0
>type the
required no.of steps>select node> link steps> open base> ok.
Mirror:
Select the member> go to mirror> select mirror plane (X-Y OR X-Z)> select node > ok.
Rotate:
Go to rotate> type the required angle> select node> represent the node in the diagram> copy/move> ok.
Geometry:
Add beam> from point to point> between midpoints>by perpendicular direction> add curve beam.
Insert node:
Select member> add new point>Midpoint/ add n points>type the required distance> ok.












Result:
Thus the introduction about STAAD Pro is studied successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge about the STAAD Pro.
10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What is meant by STAAD Pro?
2. List out the methods of STAAD Pro?
3. What are the applications of STAAD Pro?
4. What is meant by circular repeat?
5. What is meant by translation repeat?
6. What is meant by angular dimension?
7. What is meant by Snap and grid method?
8. What is Structural Wizard?
9. What is meant by Excel Method?
10. What is DXF method?


In Staad pro we will design RCC, Steel as well, it is not meant for only buildings, can analyze and design water
tanks and staircases, retaining walls, steel towers etc..



Viva ? voce
Applications
11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 2 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CANTILEVER AND
COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL
Aim:
To create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort retaining wall by using STAAD Pro
Software Required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as cantilever or counter fort
retaining wall> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right, X spacing, Y in right, Y spacing> ok.
c) Now draw the retaining wall model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40kN/m> add.
c) Select LL> add> give the soil pressure acting on the retaining wall.
d) Assign the given loads on the retaining wall.
e) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other
side> add.


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.

Retaining wall model
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
Analysis:
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



























Result:
Thus the retaining wall is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge to create and analyze the cantilever or counterfort
retaining wall by using STAAD Pro.

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is meant by retaining walls?
2. What is meant by cantilever retaining walls?
3. What are preprocessing and post processing?
4. Where do you recommend cantilever retaining wall?
5. What are the various types of retaining wall?
6. What is meant by active pressure?
7. What is meant by passive pressure?
8. What is meant by counterfort retaining walls?
9. What is meant by slip friction?
10. What is angle of repose?



It is designed and analyzed, to resist the pressure of the material that it is holding back the structure.








Viva-Voce
Applications
15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 03 CANTILEVER RETAININGWALL

Design a reinforced concrete cantilever type retaining wall having a 5 m tall stem. The wall retains soil level with its top.
The soil weighs 18000 N/m
3
and has an angle of response of 30
o
. The safe bearing capacity of the soil is 200 kN/m
3
.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
Wall Proportions:
Thickness of the stem at the top
Thickness of the stem at the bottom
Consider one meter run of the wall
Effective cover of stem reinforcement = 40 mm
Total thickness of stem = 301 mm
The thickness may be increased by 30% to 35% for an economical design.
Provide a thickness of 400 mm at the bottom of the stem.
The base slab also will be made 400 mm thick
Total height of the wall = H = 5+0.40 = 5.40 m
Width of the base slab
b = 0.5H to 0.6H
0.5H = 0.5 x 5.4 = 2.70 m
0.6H = 0.6 x 5.4 = 3.24 m
Provide a base width of 3 m
Toe project may be made about one ? third the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1 m







16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Stability Calculation:
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m)
Moment about (Nm)
W1= 0.2 x 5 x 25000 25000 1.7 42500
W1=
0.2x5
2
x25000
12500
28
15

23333.33
W2= 3 x 0.40 x 25000 30000 1.5 45000
Wb= 1.6 x 5 x 18000 144000 0.8 115200
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
w
H
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
5.4
3
6





157464
Total 211500 383497.83

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
383497.33
211500
= 1.813 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 1.813? 1.50 = 0.313 m
=
b
6
=
3
6
= 0.5 ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
]
=
211500
3
[1 ?
6x0.313
3
] N/m
2

Pmax = 114633 N/m
2
and Pmin = 26367 N/m
2

Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 200 KN/m
3

Design of the stem:
Maximum B.M. M = 125000 Nm
Ultimate moment, Mu= 1.5 x 125000 = 187500 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ?? ????
2
=
18750x10
3
1000x360
2
= 1.447
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.447
20
415
20
] = 0.441%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
1588
= 126 mm
Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 120 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
480
= 104 mm say 100 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Upward Pressure
85211 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 29422
85211
14711
0.5
2/3
42605.50
9807.33

52412.83
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 47412.83

B.M. for toe slab M = 47412.83 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 47412.83 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60 mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
71119.245x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.615
18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.615
20
415
20
] = 0.177%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the heel slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the heel slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the heel slab
Load due to Magnitude of the load (N) Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
Backing 1.6 x 5 x 18000
DL of heel slab 1.6 x 0.4 x
25000
144000
16000
0.8
0.8
115200
12800

128000
Deduction for Upward Pressure
26367 x 1.6
0.5 x 1.6 x 47075.2
42187.2
37660.16
0.8
1.6/3
33749.76
20085.42
Total deduction
53835.18
B.M. for heel slab
74164.82
B.M. for heel slab M = 74164.82 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 74164.82 = 71119.245 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 40 = 360 mm (For base slab effective cover = 40mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
111247.23x10
3
1000x360
2
= 0.858
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.858
20
415
20
] = 0.251%
Spacing of 16 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
201x1000
904
= 222 mm
19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Provide 16 mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c
It is convenient to match the spacing of reinforcements of stem and heel slab.
Accordingly, we will provide,
16mm ? bars @ 220 mm c/c for the heel slab, and
16mm ? bars @ 110 mm c/c for the stem.
Check for Sliding:
Total horizontal pressure force per meter run of the wall
= P = C
p
w?? 2
2
=
1
3
? 18000?
5.4
2
2
= 87840 N
Taking ? = 0.65,
Limiting friction = ?W = 0.65 x 211500 = 137475 N
Factor of Safety against sliding =
?W
P
=
137475
87480
= 1.57
The design of cantilever retaining wall to be completed.















20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00







































Result:
Thus the Cantilever retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the cantilever retaining wall manually.

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is meant by the toe slab?
2. What is meant by factor of safety?
3. What is meant by heel slab?
4. What is safe bearing capacity of soil?
5. What is meant by bearing capacity?
6. What is cantilever retaining wall?
7. Draw the cross section of cantilever retaining wall.
8. What is poison?s ratio?
9. What is meant by upward pressure?
10. Write the formulas for sliding factor.



To retain the soil at a slope that is greater than it would naturally assume, usually at a vertical or near vertical
position


















Viva-Voce
Applications
22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 4 COUNTERFORT RETAINING WALL

Aim:
To design a reinforced concrete counterfort type retaining wall to the following particulars:
a) Height of the wall above the general ground level = 5.50m
b) Safe bearing capacity of the soil = 30
o

c) Weight of Soil = 16000 N/m
3

d) Spacing of counterforts = 3m centers
e) Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solution:
Depth of foundation=
P
W
[
1?sin?
1+sin?
]
2
. Taking P = Safe bearing capacity of soil.
Depth of foundation =
160000
16000
[
1
3
]
2
= 1.1 m
Let us provide a foundation depth of 1.2m
Overall height of the wall = H = 5.50 + 1.20 = 6.70 m
Thickness of the base slab:
This may be taken nearly
(i) 47.1?H = 41.7 x 3?6.7 = 324 mm
(ii) 20 LH = 20 x 3 x 6.7 = 402 mm
Provide a thickness of 400 mm for the base slab
Width of the base slab: This may be taken from 0.6H to 0.7H
0.6H = 0.6 x 6.7 = 4.02 m
0.7H = 0.7 x 6.7 = 4.69 m
Provide a base width of 4.50 m
Toe project may be made about one ? fourth the base width
Provide a toe projection of 1.125 m
Lateral pressure intensity at the bottom of the upright slab
P = Cpwh = (1/3) x 16000 x 6.3 = 33600 N/m
2


Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

= M =
pl
2
12
=
33600x3
2
12
= 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment
Mu = 1.50 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
0.138fckbd
2
= 0.138 x 20 x 1000 d
2
= 37800E3
d = 117mm
Thickness of slab = 117 + 40 = 157 mm
Provide a thickness of 200 mm
Actual effective depth = d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm
Stability Calculations per meter run of the wall:
Load due to
Magnitude of the
load (N)
Distance from (m) Moment about (Nm)
W1 0.2 x 6.30 x 25000
W2 4.5 x 0.40 x 25000
Wb 3.30 x 6.30 x 16000
Moment of lateral pressure
C
p
wH
3
6
=
1
3
x18000x
6.7
3
6

31500
45000
332640



3.4
2.25
1.65
107100
101250
548856

267345
Total
409140

1024551

Distance of the point of application of the resultant force from the heel end a,
= Z =
1024551
409140
= 2.50 m
Eccentricity e= Z ?
b
2
= 2.50 ? 2.25 = 0.25 m
=
b
6
=
4.5
6
= 0.75m ? e <
b
6

Extreme pressure intensity at the base
=
W
b
[1 ?
6e
b
] =
409140
4.50
[1 ?
6x0 .25
4.50
] N/m
2

Pmax = 121225 N/m
2
and Pmin = 60613 N/m
2

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Design of the upright slab:
Maximum B.M. M = 25200 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 25200 = 37800 Nm
Effective Depth d = 200 ? 40 = 160 mm

?? ?? ????
2
=
37800x10
3
1000x160
2
= 1.476
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x1.476
20
415
20
] = 0.451%
Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
721.6
= 156 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 150 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x200 ) = 240 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars
=
50x1000
240
= 208 mm say 200 mm c/c
If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 300 mm near
each face.
Design of the toe slab:
The bending moment calculations for a 1 m wide strip of the toe slab are shown in the table below.
B.M. Calculations for a 1 meter wide strip of the toe slab
Load due to
Magnitude of the load
(N)
Distance from a (m)
Moment about a
(Nm)
Upward Pressure
107755 x 1
0.5 x 1 x 13470
107755
6735
0.5
2/3
53877.5
4490
Total 58367.5
Deduct for self-weight of toe slab
1 x 0.40 x 25000 10000 0.5 5000
B.M. for toe slab 53367.5
B.M. for toe slab M = 53367.5 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 53367.5 = 80051.25 Nm
25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
80051.25x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.692
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.692
20
415
20
] = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x10 00
680
= 166 mm

Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Distribution steel =
0.12
100
(1000x400 ) = 480 mm
2

If the distribution steel is provided near both the faces, the spacing of 8 mm diameter bars will be 200 mm near
each face.
Design of the heel slab:
The heel slab is designed as a continuous slab spanning horizontally between the counterforts. Consider a 1
meter wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Weight of soil 16000 x 6.3 = 100800 N/m
2

DL. of the strip 1 x 0.4 x 25000 = 10000 N/m
2

Deduct for upward pressure =60613 N/m
2

Net downward loading = 50187 N/m
2

Maximum B.M. for a 1 m wide strip
?? =
wl
2
12
=
50187x3
2
12
= 37640 .25Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 37640.25 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 37640.25 = 56460.4 Nm
Effective Depth d = 400 ? 60 = 340 mm (For base slab effective cover = 60mm)

?? ?? ????
2
=
56460.4x10
3
1000x340
2
= 0.488
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.488
20
415
20
] = 0.14%
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x340 ) = 680 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm diameter bars
?? ????
=
113x1000
680
= 166 mm
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 160 mm c/c
Design of the counterfort:
Let the top width of the counterfort be 0.40m
The thickness of the counterfort may also be made 0.40m
Total later pressure transferred to one counterfort
= C
p
wh
2
2
l =
1
3
? 16000?
6.3
2
2
x3 = 3137520N
Maximum B.M. for the counterfort
?? = 317520x
6.3
3
= 666792 Nm
B.M. for heel slab M = 666792 Nm
Ultimate moment Mu= 1.5 x 666792 = 1000188 Nm
Effective Depth d = 3500 ? 60 = 3440 mm
Let the inclination of the reinforcement with the vertical be ?
Tan ? = (3.1/6.3) = 0.4921, ? = 26
o
12?, COS ? = 0.8972

?? ?? ????
2
?????? 2
?? =
1000188x10
3
400x3440
2
x(0.8972)
2
= 0.262
Percentage of steel ?? ?? = 50[
1??1?
4.6x0.262
20
415
20
] = 0.074 %
Minimum percentage of steel when Fe 415 is used = 0.2%
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440cos ?)
?? ????
=
0.2
100
(1000x3440x0 .8972 ) = 2469 mm
2

Provide 10 bars of 18mm?
Curtailment of bars:
Let 5 bars be curtailed at a depth Y from the top

A
st
?
A
st
=
1
2
=
y
2
6.3
2
y = 4.45m say 4.4m from the top.
Connection between the counterfort and the upright slab:
27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider the bottom 1 m deep strip of the upright slab.
Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip
=33600 (3-0.40) = 87360 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 87360 = 131040 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
131040
0.87x415
= 363 mm
2

Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 260mm c/c.
Connection between the counterfort and the heel slab:
Consider the bottom 1 m wide strip of the heel slab near the heel end.
Net downward loading on the strip = 50187 N/m
2

Tension transmitted to the counterfort by the strip,=50187 (3-0.40) = 130486 N
Factored tension =1.5 x 130486 = 195729 N
?? ????
=
Factoredtension
0.87f
y
=
195729
0.87x415
= 543 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm diameter bars = ?? ????
=
50x1000
543
= 92 mm
Provide 2 ? legged 8mm diameter horizontal links @ 180 mm c/c.
The design procedure completed.




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00
































29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


















Result:
Thus the Counterfort retaining wall is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the Counterfort retaining wall manually.
30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is sliding?
2. What do you understand by curtailment of bars?
3. When do you prefer counterfort retaining wall?
4. What is meant by active pressure and passive pressure?
5. What is Bending moment?
6. What is Shear force
7. What is counterfort retaining wall?
8. What are the various loads on retaining wall
9. What is meant by curtailment?
10. What is meant by contra flexure?



A counterfort retaining wall is a cantilever wall with counter forts or buttresses, attached to the inner face of the
wall to further resist lateral thrust.








Viva-Voce
Applications
31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 05 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF MULTISTOREYBUILDING
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as multi storey building>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 12.6, no.of bays along length as
3, height as 12.6, no. of bays along height as 4> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.35x 0.23> add> close
b) Select rectangular and assign to view.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL>add> then change LL> add> WL> add>
close.
b) Select DL> add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -40 kN/m < add.
c) Select LL > add> member load> uniform load> type W1 as -20 kN/m < add.
d) Select WL > add> nodal load> type X as 25> add> type X as 20> add> type X as 15> add> type X as 10>
add>close>Select DL> click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
e) Similarly, click select > member parallel to x direction> assign selected beams.
f) WL> select node cursor> select the particular node> assign selected node.
g) For load combinations, go to load case details> add> define combination> type name as DL+LL> FOS as
1.5>in available load case, select DL & LL and send it other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side>
add.

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and Dimensions


Post Processing

h) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
i) Then similarly type name as DL+LL-WL> FOS as 1.5> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL & LL and send it other side> add. After that select WL and send it other side> add.
j) Then similarly type name as DL+LL+WL> FOS as 1.2> in available load case, select DL, LL & WL and send it
other side> add. Select DL, LL& WL and send it other side> add.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete >Fc as 30000 kN/m
2
for
M30 concrete>add> FY as 415000 kN/m
2
> add> select> ratio as 3>add.
33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> view value> beam results> maximum displacement> activate.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the multi storey building is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing multi storey building using
STAAD Pro.
34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What are the load combinations taken for multistory building?
2. What do you analyze in preprocessing of the building?
3. What is meant by continuous beam?
4. List the various types of supports.
5. List the various types of loads.
6. What is meant by theorem of moments?
7. What is castigliano's theorem?
8. What is Maxwell?s theorem?
9. What are the different types of concrete?
10. What is SCC?




1. To perform an accurate analysis a structural engineer must determine such information as structural loads,
geometry, support conditions, and materials properties
2. The results of such an analysis typically include support reactions, stresses and displacements.
3. Then information can be compared to criteria that indicate the conditions of failure.
















Viva-Voce
Applications
35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 6

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF FLAT SLAB



Aim:
To create and analyze the flat slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as flat slab>next> add beam.
b) By using coordinates system create the nodes as per the design.
X Y Z
0 0 0
3 0 0
12 0 0
c) Then select the nodes> choose the global direction as Y>no. of steps as 1 and the default spacing as 3.5m>ok.
d) Then add the beam between the nodes and complete the model.
2. Property
a) Go to property>thickness> plate element thickness> 0.2.
b) Select plate thickness> assign to view> assign > ok.
3. Support
a) Support> fixed support> ok>
b) Select the support>use cursor to assign> assign > ok.
4. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title as plate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add> plate load as -1kN/m < add. Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate>
yes.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Preprocessing: Slab model with support


Post processing: Stresses acting on the slab

b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.






















Result:
Thus the flat slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the flat slab using STAAD
Pro.
38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is shear?
2. What support is being taken for analysis?
3. Where do you use flat slab?
4. What is Shear force?
5. What is counterfort retaining wall?
6. What are the various loads on retaining wall?
7. What is curtailment?
8. What is contra flexure?



1. Flat slab is a reinforced concrete slab supported directly by concrete columns without the use of beams.
2. Flat Slabs are considered suitable for most of the construction and for asymmetrical column layouts like floors
with curved shapes and ramps etc.






Viva-Voce
Applications
39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.07

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR SLAB


Aim:
To create and analyze the circular slab by using STAAD Pro
Software required
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular slab >next> add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 7m, no.of bays
along length as 2, radius as 5, no.of bays along periphery as 16> apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro
screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
2. Create plate
a) Select the top horizontal member of the model> right click the cursor> new view> isometric view.
b) Select the surface mesh and create the mesh by connecting all nodes. Give the division as 3 (i.e., along the
periphery you will get 16 x 3 + 48 elements).
c) Then display the whole structure by using the specified icon.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.38 x 0.23> add> close.
b) Circular>0.45> add> close.
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) Again change the title asplate load> add> close.
c) Select DL> add>plate load as -1kN/m > add.
40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





d) Select the plate by using plate cursor>assign to selected plate> yes.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> select> ratio as 3>add.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it


















Result:
Thus the circular slab is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular slab using
STAAD Pro
42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is the difference between flat and circular slab?
2. Where do you recommend circular slab?
3. What do you mean by axial forces?
4. What is active pressure?
5. What is passive pressure?
6. What is counter fort retaining wall?
7. What is slip friction?
8. What is angle of repose?


1. It is used to design the roof of the room
2. Floor of circular water tank or towers can be constructed
3. Roof of traffic can be controlled by the post at the intersection of road


Viva-Voce
Applications
43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 08

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TEE- BEAM BRIDGE



Aim:
To create and analyze tee - beam bridge by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> space > length units as m> force units as KN>type the file name as tee beam bridge >next> add
beam.
b) Snap node/ beam> edit and create a beam for 20 m in x- axis and two 10 m column vertically in the span of the
beam at a distance of 5m from the edge of the horizontal beam
c) Translation repeat> global direction Z, no.of steps=3, spacing = 25 m, link steps and open the base> ok.
2. Create plate
Select mesh> create mesh by connecting the four corners of the slab of the bridge.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) Circular>0.3> add> close
c) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Definition> vehicle definition>add> close.
b) Load case 1> add>self weight> factor -1> add> close> assign to view> assign.
c) Load case detail> add> load generation>no.of loads to be generated=20, preferred load to be
added=1>add>close.
44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Bending stresses
d) Generate load> add> x coordinate= 10 m > y- coordinate>10m>x increment 0> z coordinate 3m, z increment>
30 m> close.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.
















Result:
Thus the tee beam girder is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the tee beam girder using
STAAD Pro.
46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. Where do you use Tee beam girder?
2. What is the method used to find shear force and bending moment in Tee beam girder?
3. What are the different types of bridges?
4. What is arch bridge?
5. What are the loads acting on bridges?



1. A T-beam or tee beam used in construction is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a t-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.
Viva-Voce
Applications
47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No.09 DESIGN OF T ? BEAM BRIDGE

A reinforced concrete (single span) T beam bridge is to consist of 5 beams 1.75 meters apart. The span of the
bridge is 12 meters apart. The span of the bridge is 12 meters clear width end bearings of 600 mm. the live load on the
bridge 17000 N per sqm including impact. The carriage way over the bridge is to be 7 meters wide with a footpath of 1.5
meters width on other side. The loading on the footpath may be taken as 3900 N per a square meter. Design the bridge.
Use M 20 concrete and Fe 415 steel.
Solutions:
A parapet 100 mm thick and 1.25 meters high is provided at each side.
Design of footpath slab:
The bending moment for the footpath slab will consist of the following:
Consider one meter run of the bridge.
B.M. due to self-weight of parapet = 0.1x 1.25 x 25000 x 1.55 = 4844 Nm
B.M. due to weight of wearing coat (75 mm) = 1.5 x 0.075 x 24000 x (1.5/2) = 2025 Nm
B.M. due to wt. of footpath (150 mm) = 1.6 x 0.15 x 25000 x 0.8 = 4800 Nm
B.M. due to live load 3900 x 1.5 x (1.5/2) = 4388 Nm
Max. B.M. for the footpath slab = 16057 Nm.
Taking c = 7 N/mm
2
, t = 230 N/mm
2
and m = 13.33 and equating the moment of resistance to the bending
moment,
d = 133 mm.
With a effective cover of 15 mm and providing 10 mm ? bars the overall depth required
= 5 + 15 = 20 mm.
Actual effective depth = 150 ? 20 = 130 mm
A
st
=
16057x1000
230x0.90x130
= 597 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
79x1000
597
= 132 say 130 mmc/c
Distribution steel = 0.12% gross area = (0.12/100) x 150 x 1000 = 180 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars =
50x1000
180
= 277 say 250 mmc/c
Design of the deck slab:
Dead load of deck slab (150 mm) = 25 x 150 = 3750 N/mm
2

Wearing coat (75 mm average)= 24 x 75 = 1800 N/mm
2

Live Load = 1700 N/mm
2


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Consider a one meter wide strip of the deck slab.
Max. Bending moment =
wl
2
10
=
22550x1.75
2
10
= 6905 .9 Nm
Providing 25 mm clear cover, the effective depth of the centre of 10mm diameter bars
= 150 ? 25 ? 5 = 120 mm
= A
st
=
6905.9x1000
230x0.90x120
= 278 mm
2

Spacing of 12mm ? bars =
75x1000
278
= 269 say 250 mmc/c
Design of beams:
Loads per meter run on an intermediate T beam:
Loads from deck slab =22550 x 1.75 = 39462 N/m
Dead load of the rib(1120 mm overall, 360 mm wide rib)
=0.97 x 0.36 x 25000 = 8730 N/m
Total = 48192 N/m
Loads per meter run on the end beam:
From cantilever slab:
Weight of parapet =0.10 x 1.25 x 25000 =3125 N/m
Wearing coat (75 mm) =0.075 x 1.5 x 24000 = 2700 N/m
Footpath slab=0.15 x 1.6 x 25000 =6000 N/m
Live load on the footpath slab = 3900 x 1.5 =5180 N/m
Loads from the deck slab = (39462/2)=19731 N/m
Dead load of the rib =8730 N/m
But load on an intermediate beam = 48192 N/m
Hence the intermediate beams carry heavier loads than the end beams. We shall therefore design an
intermediate beam.
Maximum B.M. = ((48192 x 12.6 x 12.6)/8) = 956370 Nm
Assuming 20 mm diameter bars are likely to be provided in two rows and providing a clear cover of 40 mm to the
outer layer of bars, the effective depth to the centroid of the tensile reinforcement.
d = overall depth ? cover ? dia. of bar ? half the spacing between layers
= 1120 ? 40 ? 25 -10 = 1045 mm
Approximate lever arm = ?? ?
?? ?? 2
= 1045?
150
2
= 970 mm
Approximate steel requirement =
956370x1000
230x970
= 4287 mm
2

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Let us provided 14 bars of 20mm diameter arranged in two layers with 7 bars in each layer. Width of flange of
the T beam:
B = (1/6) + br + 6ds = ((12.6 x 1000)/6) + 360 + (6 x 150)
= 2100 + 360 + 900 = 3360 mm.
B shall not be taken greater than the breadth of web + half the sum of the clear distance to the adjacent beams
on either side.
On this basis, this is equal to = c to c distance between beams
B = 1750 mm
Assuming the neutral axis, to be situated below the slab, we have
1750 x 150 (n - 75) = 13.33 x 4396 (1045 ? n) = 252 mm
?? ? =
3n?2d
s
2n?d
s
?
d
s
3
=
3x252?2x150
2x252?150
x
150
3
= 64.4 mm
Actual lever arm = 1045 ? 64.40 = 980.60 mm
Corresponding compressive stress in concrete
?? =
222
13.33
x
252
1045?252
= 5.30N/ mm
2

Shear:
Maximum S.F. ?? =
48192x12
2
= 289152N
For 0.91 % steel, ?c = 0.33 N/mm
2

Shear resistance of concrete
?cbr d = 0.33 x 360 x 1045 = 124146 N
Shear to be resisted be reinforcement
Vs = 289152 ? 124146 = 165006 N
Shear resistance of four bars
0.707 Awtw = 0.707 x 4 x 314 x 230 = 204238 N.
Let 3 more bars be bent up at a further distance of 1380 mm.
Maximum S.F. at centre when the live load covers half the span
=
(17000x1 .75)x6
2x12
= 44525N
Nominal shear stress due to this shear force
=
44525
360x1045
= 0.12N/ mm
2

The Design procedure is completed.

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00





























Result:
Thus the design of T Beam Bridge is designed successfully.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the T beam bridge manually.
52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the IRC codes available in design of bridges?
2. What do you mean by suspension bridge?
3. What is deck slab?
4. What is meant by abutment?
5. What is meant by culvert?
6. What is the difference between culvert and bridge?




1. A T-beam or tee beam, used in construction, is a load-bearing structure of reinforced concrete, wood or metal,
with a T-shaped cross section
2. The vertical force on the bridge becomes a shear and flexural load on the beam which is transferred down its
length to the substructures on either side.










Viva-Voce
Applications
53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 10 ANALYSIS OF RECTANGULAR WATER TANK
Aim:
To create and analyze the multi storey building by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as rectangular water tank>next>
add beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> bay frame>type the length as 4, no.of bays along length as 1,
height as 10, no.of bays along height as 3>width as 4m >no.of bays along width ad 1 apply & transfer the model
to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Then change the characteristics bay along height as 4,4, 2
d) Now apply and transfer the model to STAAD screen.
2. Create plate
a) Mesh> create mesh for plates> quadrilateral meshing> ok > apply.
b) Similarly create mesh for all side walls.
c) Then delete all the beam element in the water tank.
3. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.23 x 0.23> add> close
b) Go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
c) Select rectangular and assign to view, Select the plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
4. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
5. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate > select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W1= -20
kN/m
2
(depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis and local Z axis> close.
e) Similarly give the load on the basis of z axis direction for all the side walls of the tanks.
6. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close.
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for F Y and ratio then
assign it.
55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
7. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) Deflection and stresses acting in the water tank
d) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.

















Result:
Thus the rectangular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the rectangular water by
using STAAD Pro.
56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What are the types of tanks?
2. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
3. What are the uses of water tank?
4. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?
5. What is steel water tank?


A water tank is a container for storing water. Water tanks are used to provide storage of water for use in many
applications, drinking water, irrigation agriculture, fire suppression, agricultural farming, both for plants and
livestock, chemical manufacturing, food preparation as well as many other uses.




Viva-Voce
Applications
57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 11

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF CIRCULAR WATER
TANK



Aim:
To create and analyze the circular water tank by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as circular water tank>next> add
beam.
b) Geometry> run structural wizard> frame model> reverse cylindrical model >type the length as 10m, no.of bays
along length as 3, change the property in length as 4,4,2>radius as 5m no.of bays along periphery as 18>
apply & transfer the model to STAAD Pro screen.
c) Remove the bottom member by selecting and deleting it.
d) Select front view and select the top horizontal beams of the tank> right click> new view> ok.
e) Isometric view> add beam> create beam in its diameter> select beam > insert node> add midpoint> ok.
f) Select node> copy > paste>change y distance as 0.5m> ok.
g) Delete the created bean in its diameter
h) Geometry> add beam> add the beam by cursor in between the centre and edge of circle.
i) Select beam> select insert node> give n= 5> add n points> ok.
j) Then select the entire beam>circular repeat>, select direction as Y, no.of steps= 18, link steps, open
base>select the center node of the circle> ok.
k) Top view> select the beams > delete.
l) Create mesh at the center and give the division as 1> ok.
m) Select all the beams> select fill floor grid with plates> thus the plates are created>select all beams in that and
delete it.
n) Select 4 node plates, create the plate for the side walls> fill floor grid with plates and make it as plate.
58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



2. Property
a) General> property> define> rectangular>0.3 x 0.23> add> close
b) circular>0.3> add> close
c) go to thickness> plate element thickness> 0.15.
d) Select rectangular and assign the horizontal beams, Select circular and assign the vertical columns, select the
plate by using plate cursor and assign it.
3. Support
Support> fixed support> select the bottom nodes> assign selected nodes.
4. Loads
a) Load case detail> add>DL>add> close.
59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

b) DL> add> pressure on full plate> global direction y>W1 = -20 kN/m
2
> add> close.
c) Select the bottom plate using plate cursor and assign it.
d) DL> add> plate load> hydrostatic >select plate < select the specified plate by using cursor>done> W 1= -20
kN/m
2
( depending on the z- axis direction) and W2 =0.001>global y axis& local Z axis> close.
5. Design parameters
a) Design concrete> IS 456>define parameter> give Fc as 20000 kN/m
2
for M20 concrete > FY as 415000 kN/m
2
>
add> close..
b) Then go to commands>design beam> add>design column> add>take off > close.
c) Select Fc> select entire structure using cursor> assign it to selected beams> similarly do it for FY and ratio then
assign it.
d) For beams > select the beams parallel to x direction and for columns column parallel to y direction and then
assign it.
6. Analysis
Analysis and print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and everything
by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.





Result:
Thus the circular water tank is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the circular water by using
STAAD Pro.
60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


1. What is the difference of application in rectangular and circular tank?
2. What are the types of tanks?
3. How can you calculate the capacity of tank?
4. What are the uses of water tank?
5. What is the difference between rectangular and circular water tank?



The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.


Viva-Voce
Applications
61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt.No. 13 CIRCULAR WATER TANK WITH RESTRAINED BASE


Design a reinforced concrete circular water tank has an internal diameter of 12 meters, the maximum depth of water
being 4 meters. The walls of the tank are restrained at the base. The tank rests on ground. Use M 20 concrete and grade
1 mild steel.
Solutions:
H = 4 m
D = 12 m
Thickness of wall:
This shall not be less than
(i) 150 mm
(ii) 30 mm per metre depth + 50 mm = 30 x 4 + 50 = 170 mm
Hence let us provided a thickness of 170 mm
=
H
2
Dt
=
4x4
12x0.17
= 7.8
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 6,is 0.574 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 8,is 0.575 at 0.6H depth
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8, is 0.569 at 0.6H depth
Max. hoop tension = 0.569 WH (D/2)
= 0.569 ?? 9810 ?? 4?? 12
2
= 133965KN
Hoop steel per metre height
= (133965 / 115) = 1165 mm
2

Spacing of 12 mm ? bars
= (113 x 1000) / 1165
= 96 mm.
Provide 12 mm ? bars @ 190 mm c/c near each face.

Vertical distribution of steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000 = 510 mm
2

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face.
Horizontal distribution steel = (0.3/100) x 170 x 1000= 150 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 510= 98 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? @ 180 mm c/c near each face
Max. Co ? efficient for hoop tension of
=
H
2
Dt
= 7.8,
Max. Cantilever Moment = 0.015 WH
3

= 0.015 x 9810 x 4 x 4 x 4= 9417.6 Nm.
Eff. Depth to the centre of 8 mm ?.
Vertical bars = 170 ? (25 + 12 + 4) = 129 mm.
Vertical steel for B.M = (9417.6 x 1000) / (115 x 0.85 x 129)
= 747 mm
2

Spacing of 8 mm ? bars = (50 x 1000) / 747
= 67 mm.
Provide 8 mm ? bars at 120 mm c/c.













63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Result:
The design procedure completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing the circular water tank with restrained
base manually.


1. What do you mean by restrained base?
2. What is hoop tension?
3. What is steel water tank?
4. When do you prefer sliding base and rigid base in tank?
5. What is circular tank?
6. What do you mean by restrained base?
7. How will you measure the pressure in water tank?
8. What is pressure gauge?
9. What are the pressure measuring devices?
10. What is density?



1. Water tank used in Municipal Water
2. The base of the circular water tank has a flexible joint. The tank rests on the ground. The wall of the tank is
designed for hoop tension.







Viva-Voce
Applications
65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Expt.No. 14 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF TRUSS
Aim:
To create and analyze the truss by using STAAD Pro
Software required:
STAAD PRO V8i
Procedure in STAAD Pro:
Preprocessing:
1. Create model
a) New project> plane> length units as m> force units as kN>type the file name as truss> next> add beam.
b) Snap node/ beam > edit> X in right = 4, X spacing 6 m, Y in right=1, Y spacing=3> ok.
c) Now draw the truss model by using snap node/ beam.
2. Property
a) General> property>section database> Indian> channel> IS MC 125> add
b) Select ISMC 125>assign to view> yes.
3. Support
Support> create> fixed> release the displacement in X- axis by selecting FX, MX, MY, MZ.> add> use cursor to
sign > assign.
4. Load
a) Load and definition> load case detail> add>change the title as DL> add.
b) DL>self-weight> uniform forces> W1 = -50 kN/m> add> close.
c) Assign the load in the top the beam by using the cursor.
5. Analysis
Analysis& print> add> close>analyze> run analyze> save> post processing> done.


Truss Model

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00


Loads and supports in truss
Post-processing:
a) In post-processing you have to see the deflection, bending moment, shear, axial forces, stresses and
everything by turn on the particular specified icons for all the load combinations already given.
b) Results> plate rest contour> stress type MX> apply> close.
c) You can also see the animations of displacement in it.














Result:
Thus the truss is created and analyzed by using STAAD Pro.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in creating and analyzing the truss by using STAAD
Pro.
67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00




1. What are the different types of truss?
2. Draw north light truss
3. What is girder?
4. What is purlin?
5. What is stone masonry?
6. What is strain energy?
7. What is neutral axis?
8. What is the difference between stress and pressure?
9. What is Poisson effect?
10. What is shear?




1. A type of truss used in Roofing
2. Simple truss
3. Planar truss
4. Space frame truss
5. Warren truss
6. Pratt truss
7. King post truss
8. Lenticular truss
9. Vierendeel truss




Viva-Voce
Applications
68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Expt. No. 15 DECK TYPE PLATE GIRDER BRIDGES


Design a deck type plate girder railway bridge for single tract B.G. main line loading for the following data:
1. Effective span : 24 m.
2. Spacing of plate girder : 1.9 m c/c
3. Weight of stock rails : 440 N/m (90 lb/yard rails)
4. Weight of guard rails : 260 N/m
5. Weight of fastenings etc : 280 N/m of track
6. Timber sleepers : 250 mm x 150 mm x 2.8 m @0.4 m c/c
7. Density of timber : 7.4 kN/m
3

Take permissible stresses as per Railway Steel Bridge Code.
Solution:
Step 1. Computation of loads, B.M. and S.F. in Plate girder:
Weight of main rails per meter run of track = 0.44 x 2 = 0.88 kN/m
Weight of guard rails per meter run of track = 0.26 x 2 = 0.52 kN/m
Weight of fastening per meter run of track @ 0.28 kN/m = 0.25 kN/m
Weight of sleeper per meter run of track =
2.8 x 0.25 x 0.15
0.4
x 7.4 = 1.94 kN/m
Total Load = 3.62 kN/m
Self-weight of girder for B.G. main line loading is W = 0.78 L = 18.72 kN/m
Total dead load per meter run of track = 3.62 + 18.72 = 22.34 kN/m
Total Dead Load = 22.34 x 24 = 536.2 kN
Dead load per girder = 0.5 x 536.2 = 268.1 kN
EUDL for B.M., for BG (revised) for loaded length L = span = 24 m is 2034 kN
Impact load (I.L.) for B.M., = 2034 x 0.417 = 848.2 kN
Hence total load per track = 536.2 + 2034 + 848.2 = 3418.4
Hence load per girder, for B.M. = 0.5 x 3418.4 = 1709.2 kN
Mmax = (WL/8) = (1709.2 x 24) / 8 = 5127.6 kN/m
This occurs at the mid span of each girder. B.M. at distance x from the mid span is
For end sections, L = 24 m
Hence EUDL for shear = 2231 kN
Impact load, = 2231 x 0.417 = 930.3 kN
Total (L.L + I.L) = 2231 + 930.3 = 3161.3 kN per track

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Hence, (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 3161.3 = 1580.6 kN
S.F. due to (L.L + I.L) = 0.5 x 1580.6 = 790.3 kN
Dead load per girder, Wd = 268.1 kN
Dead load shear per girder = 0.5 x 268.1 = 134.1 kN
Total S.F. at each end of a girder = 790.3 + 134.1 = 924.4 kN
For any section x from one end, L = l ? x
Let We be the total L.L. + I.L. one length L for each girder
Fx = RA = (We (l-x))/2l
For section at 2 m from end, L = 24 ? 2 = 22 m
EUDL for shear = 2102 kN
(L.L + I.L) = 2102 (1 + 0.436) = 3018.4 kN
For both girders, (L.L + I.L) for each girder
We = 0.5 x 3018.4 = 1509.2 kN
F2 = (1509.2 (24 ? 2)) / (2 x 24) = 691.7 kN
Also, S.F. due to dead load = ((Wd)/2)-((Wd)/l)x = (268.1/2)-(268.1/24)x =134.05-11.17x
At x = 2m, F = 134.05 ? 111.17 x 2 = 111.7 kN
Total shear = 691.7 + 111.7 = 803.4 kN
Step 2. Design of central section of plate girder:
Mmax = 5127.6 kN-m.
Economical depth d = 1.1 ?(M / tw?b) = 1.1. ?(5127.6 / 10 x 138) = 2120 mm
D = 1.1. ?(5127.6E6 / 12 x 138) = 1936 mm
Hence adopt d = 2000 mm and tw = 12 mm.
Area of web Aw = tw x d = 12 x 2000 = 24000 mm
2

Area of flange Af = (M/?bt x d) = (5127.6E6/138 x 2000) = 18578 mm
2

Net are of flange plates Ap = (2/3)Af ? (1/8)Aw = (2/3)x18578 ? (1/8)x24000 = 9386 mm
2

Keep gross area of plates = 1.2 x 9386 = 11263 mm
2

Provide two plates 500 x 12 mm each having
Ap = 2x500x12 = 12000 mm
2

Gross area of each angle = 7740 / 2 = 3870 mm
2

Choose 2 ISA 200 x 150 x 12 mm @ 13.8 kg/m, each having A = 4056 mm
2


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Step 3. Design of riveted jointing connecting flange angles with the web:
(L.L. + I.L.)per girder, per mm run = (0.5 x 224.6) / 1200 (1+1) = 0.187 kN/mm
Dead load of track, per girder = 0.5 x 3.62 = 1.81E-3 kN/mm
Total load w on compression flange = 0.187 + 0.00181 = 0.189 kN/mm
(a) For compression flange:
P = 147.2 mm
(b) For tension flange:
P = ((59.86 x 2000)/924.4) x ((7080 + 3000)/7080) = 184.4 mm
Max. Permissible pitch = 16 x 12 = 192 mm.
Hence provide uniform pitch of 180 mm throughout the length.
Step 4. Design of riveted joint connecting flange plates to flange angles:
(a) Connection of flange plate to flange angle in compression flange, at ends
V = 924.4 kN and one plate is available in top flange.
Af = 8112 + 1200/2 = 14112 mm
2

Bearing = 21.5 x 12 x 232E-3 = 59.86 KN, R = 36.3 KN
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/924.4) x ((14112 + 4000)/6000) = 237 mm
(b) Connection of flange plate to flange angles in tension flange at 3.66 m ends:
Af = 7080 + 10968 / 2 = 12564 mm
2

(1/8)Aw = 3000 mm
2
. V = 703 KN.
P = ((36.3 x 2000)/703) x ((12564 + 3000)/10968/2)) = 293 mm.
Step 5. Design of end stiffener:
End reaction = 924.4 KN,
Permissible bearing stress = 185 N/mm
2

Bearing area required = (((3/4) x 924.4E3)/185) = 3748 mm
2

4ta (150 ? 10) = 3748, which gives ta = 6.7 mm
However provide 150 x 75 x 8 mm angles having A = 1742 mm
2

Actual length of stiffener = 2000 ? 2 x 12 = 1976 mm
Effective length of stiffener = (3/4) x 1976 = 1482 mm
l/r = 1482/69.3 = 21.4
Hence Load carrying capacity = 132.65 x 10568E-3 = 1402 kN.
Design of riveted connection for the end stiffener:

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

Strength of 20mm dia. rivets in double shear = 2 x (?/4) x 21.5
2
x 100E-3 = 72.6 kN
Strength of rivets in bearing on web = 21.5 x 12 x 233E-3 = 59.68 kN
No. of rivets required = 924.4/59.86 = 16
Hence provide 8 rivets, in each row, thus making a total of 16 rivets.
Step 6. Design of intermediate stiffeners:
V = 924.4 KN,
Shear stress, fs = (924.4E3 / 2000 x 12) = 38.5 N/mm
2

Hence for d = 1700 mm, tw = 12 mm and fs = 38.5 N/mm
2

For overall depth 2438 mm and depth 2048 mm,
Try 2 ISA 125 x 75 x 8, Outstand face of web = 125 mm
fs = (682.6E3 / 2000 x 12) = 28.4 N/mm
2

Hence Max. Spacing = 1900 mm.
Maximum permissible spacing = 1830 mm as per railway bridge code.













Result:
The Design procedure is completed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment, student acquires knowledge in designing a deck type plate girder railway bridge
for single tract manually.
72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00



1. What is a plate girder?
2. Where do you find the use of plate girder?
3. What is Rivet connection?
4. What is the use of stiffeners?
5. What is basement?
6. What is flooring?
7. What are the different types of flooring?
8. What is weathering course?
9. What is the nominal size of bricks?
10. What are the types of bricks available?




1. The deck includes any road lanes, medians, sidewalks, parapets or railings, and miscellaneous items like
drainage and lighting.
2. It is used in construction of Box girder bridge
3. It is used to construct Plate girder bridge


Viva-Voce
Applications
73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue : 00/Revision : 00

PROJECT TITLES

1. Design and analysis of foot over bridge by using staad pro.
2. Design and analysis of earthquake resistant structure.
3. Design and analysis of auditorium building with seismic conditions.
4. Dynamic analysis of flanged shear wall using stadd pro.
5. Design and analysis of Transmission Line Towers using Stadd Pro.
6. Design and analysis deck
7. Design and analysis girder bridge
8. Model making ? Bridge
9. Model making ? Frame Building
10. Design and analysis Shear wall using Stadd Pro.



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice